{"title":"EOFY Sales","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"aluminium-tub-canopy-for-ford-ranger-2015-2022","title":"Aluminium Tub Canopy For Ford Ranger (MY15-MY22)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's roof profile. Higher trims have factory roof rails; lower trims need aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+))\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100.087%; height: 235.125px;\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"8\" border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 39.1875px;\"\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+) (2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 39.1875px;\"\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 39.1875px;\"\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.9464%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.3811%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Ford Ranger Next-Gen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger Next-Gen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Solid Sides","offer_id":52729444630809,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-15","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows","offer_id":52729444663577,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-16","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/6e54899d4136c1529ec8b4ed8159612c.jpg?v=1764060006"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-ford-ranger-2022-2024","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Ford Ranger Next-Gen's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's wider tub (1549mm). Confirmed compatible with XL, XLS, XLT, Sport, Wildtrak, and Raptor tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Ford Ranger Next-Gen if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568441237785,"sku":"3","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG933.jpg?v=1764052085"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ford-ranger-wildtrak-raptor-2012-onwards","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for Ford Ranger \/ Wildtrak \/ Raptor MY12-onwards","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Ford Ranger PX3's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Ford Ranger PX3's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568501235993,"sku":"NJ4X4-RPF-RNGR-12","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/2023-12-02_10.04.59.png?v=1725073989"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ford-ranger-wildtrak-2012-onward-with-roof-rails-models","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for Ford Ranger Wildtrak MY12-onward ( With Roof Rails Models )","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Ford Ranger PX3's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Ford Ranger PX3's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568529678617,"sku":"NJ4X4-RPF-RNGR-12-2","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/2023-12-02_10.03.35_94118ca6-2597-4d1a-84d7-bde1050f931f.png?v=1725074403"},{"product_id":"hard-lid-for-ford-ranger-2015-2021","title":"Hard Lid For Ford Ranger T7 (MY15-MY21)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Ford Ranger PX3's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Ford Ranger PX3?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568574472473,"sku":"NJ4X4-GEN-RNGR-15","price":1088.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_5614-1.png?v=1725074776"},{"product_id":"aluminium-tub-canopy-for-ford-ranger-2022-next-gen-2024","title":"Aluminium Tub Canopy For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's roof profile. Higher trims have factory roof rails; lower trims need aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+) (2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Ford Ranger Next-Gen?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger Next-Gen.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442135321,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-3","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442168089,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-4","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442200857,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-5","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442233625,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-6","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442266393,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-7","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442299161,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-8","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442331929,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-9","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442364697,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-RNGR-22-10","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/16651746688068_.pic_hd.jpg?v=1763349229"},{"product_id":"durable-roof-rack-system-jeep-wrangler-jl-2019-2024","title":"Durable Roof Rack System Jeep Wrangler JL (MY19-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Jeep Wrangler JL's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Jeep Wrangler JL\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Jeep Wrangler JL Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Jeep Wrangler JL-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe JL Wrangler's freedom panels (roof panels) can be removed even with the roof platform installed — unique to the Wrangler platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Jeep Wrangler JL)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler JL (2018–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Jeep Wrangler JL's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Jeep Wrangler JL.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634761703705,"sku":"RS01","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG1020.png?v=1726539763"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-cover-for-gwm-cannon-2019-2024","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GWM Cannon has a unique tub width (approx 1562mm). This shutter is engineered to the exact Cannon tub dimensions, including the Alpha variant with the factory tub liner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634761769241,"sku":"SKU 801346","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG752.jpg?v=1726539810"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-nissan-navara-2015-2024","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Nissan Navara (MY16-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Nissan Navara NP300's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Nissan Navara NP300's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300 Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the NP300 Navara tub (approx 1550mm). Also compatible with the Pro-4X and Warrior factory variants.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Nissan Navara NP300 if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634762948889,"sku":"SKU 801470","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11781728363050_.pic.jpg?v=1728364325"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-toyota-hilux-2015-2024","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Toyota Hilux","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Toyota Hilux's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Toyota Hilux's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Toyota Hilux Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the pre-facelift Hilux tub. If you have a 2021+ Hilux with the newer tub rails, please order the MY21+ version.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15–MY20)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Toyota Hilux if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634762981657,"sku":"SKU 801474","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11851728364407_.pic.jpg?v=1728364588"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-jeep-jt-gladiator-2019-2024","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Jeep JT Gladiator (MY19-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT (MY19–MY24).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Jeep Gladiator JT's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Jeep Gladiator JT Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Jeep Gladiator JT's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Jeep Gladiator JT Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Gladiator's tub is wider than the Wrangler's (approx 1560mm). This shutter is purpose-built for the JT Gladiator, not the JL Wrangler.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Jeep Gladiator JT (MY19–MY24))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eJeep Gladiator JT (MY19–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Jeep Gladiator JT if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763047193,"sku":"SKU 801477","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG939.jpg?v=1726539958"},{"product_id":"hard-lid-for-jeep-jt-gladiator-2019-2023","title":"Hard Lid For Jeep JT Gladiator (MY19-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Jeep Gladiator JT's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Jeep Gladiator JT Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Jeep Gladiator JT-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT. The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Jeep Gladiator JT)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eJeep Gladiator JT (2019–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Jeep Gladiator JT?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Jeep Gladiator JT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763309337,"sku":"SKU 801945","price":1088.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_5614-1_59087b30-094c-41d7-9c8c-8b17d3ca969e.png?v=1726539841"},{"product_id":"hard-lid-for-toyota-hilux","title":"Hard Lid For Toyota Hilux","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Toyota Hilux's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Toyota Hilux-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15-20))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15-20) (2015–2020)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Toyota Hilux?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Toyota Hilux.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763473177,"sku":"SKU 801951","price":1088.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_5614-1_93a828a2-b418-4bb2-8373-378e72c68b88.png?v=1726540062"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-gwm-cannon-2019-2024","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GWM Cannon has a unique tub width (approx 1562mm). This shutter is engineered to the exact Cannon tub dimensions, including the Alpha variant with the factory tub liner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763571481,"sku":"SKU 802127","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/48da135a1b792205b9b87779d5b84b89.jpg?v=1764056097"},{"product_id":"aluminium-flat-platform-roof-rack-for-mitsubishi-pajero-2000-x-1250-mm","title":"Aluminium Flat Platform Roof Rack For Mitsubishi Pajero","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Triton MQ (2015-18) and MR (2019+) have different roof rail spacing — this platform fits both with adjustable mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763604249,"sku":"SKU 802133","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/1212.png?v=1726540159"},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-jeep-gladiator-2019-2024","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For Jeep Gladiator","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Jeep Gladiator JT's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Jeep Gladiator JT Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Jeep Gladiator JT-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT. The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Jeep Gladiator JT)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eJeep Gladiator JT (2019–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Jeep Gladiator JT?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Jeep Gladiator JT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763669785,"sku":"SKU 802493","price":2499.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/e91a91e1372e0d9b057a00c7cbe6c920.jpg?v=1764051270"},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-gwm-cannon-2019-2024","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cannon Alpha has factory roof rails. The base Cannon may require aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha (2020–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763702553,"sku":"SKU 802494","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/d79fa5f3c1c931b9f452792c9a6427e1.jpg?v=1764042512"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-toyota-hilux-2015-2024","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Toyota Hilux (MY16-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Toyota Hilux's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Toyota Hilux's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Toyota Hilux Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the pre-facelift Hilux tub. If you have a 2021+ Hilux with the newer tub rails, please order the MY21+ version.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15–MY20)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Toyota Hilux if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763735321,"sku":"SKU 802495","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11721728359979_.pic.jpg?v=1728360025"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-ford-ranger-2018-2024","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Ford Ranger Next-Gen's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's wider tub (1549mm). Confirmed compatible with XL, XLS, XLT, Sport, Wildtrak, and Raptor tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Ford Ranger Next-Gen if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764226841,"sku":"1","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/4781698829538_.pic.jpg?v=1726540035"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-nissan-navara-2015-2024","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Nissan Navara","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Nissan Navara NP300's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Nissan Navara NP300's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300 Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the NP300 Navara tub (approx 1550mm). Also compatible with the Pro-4X and Warrior factory variants.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Nissan Navara NP300 if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764456217,"sku":"SKU 802498","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11601728358938_.pic.jpg?v=1746687955"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-jeep-jt-2019-2024","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Jeep JT","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Universal Ute Fitment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Universal Ute Fitment's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Universal Ute Fitment Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Universal Ute Fitment's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Universal Ute Fitment Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis is a universal-fit roller shutter. Please measure your tub inner length and width before ordering. We recommend professional installation for universal models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Universal Ute Fitment)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUniversal Ute Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Universal Ute Fitment if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764488985,"sku":"SKU 802499","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/7cb6ee183a099a62cfb7405f5c4c036e.jpg?v=1764033536"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-cover-for-mitsubishi-triton-2011-2014","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Mitsubishi Triton L200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Mitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Mitsubishi Triton's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Mitsubishi Triton's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the MQ (2015-2018) with modification, and the MR (2019+) directly. The Triton's narrower tub (approx 1470mm) requires this specific fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Mitsubishi Triton if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764521753,"sku":"SKU 802915","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11911728364950_.pic.jpg?v=1728364970"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-ute-for-mitsubishi-triton-mr-mq-2015-2023","title":"Manual Roller Shutter Ute For Mitsubishi Triton MR\/MQ (MY18-MY22)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Mitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Mitsubishi Triton's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Mitsubishi Triton's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the MQ (2015-2018) with modification, and the MR (2019+) directly. The Triton's narrower tub (approx 1470mm) requires this specific fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Mitsubishi Triton if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764554521,"sku":"SKU 802982","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11931728364952_.pic.jpg?v=1728364964"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-toyota-hilux-2015-onwards-with-legs","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for Toyota Hilux MY15-onwards ( With Legs )","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Toyota Hilux's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Toyota Hilux-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15-20))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15-20) (2015–2020)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Toyota Hilux's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Toyota Hilux.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769535257,"sku":"SKU 803162","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_26eccfb9-7929-46c5-b72d-c56f3d5d7017.jpg?v=1726540471"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-nissan-navara-with-general-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for NISSAN NAVARA (With General Rails)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Nissan Navara NP300's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Nissan Navara NP300\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Nissan Navara NP300's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Nissan Navara NP300.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769568025,"sku":"SKU 803163","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_455f63a7-a92e-4ef0-91e7-debb24b029d8.jpg?v=1726540496"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ldv-2018","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for LDV T60 (MY18+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your LDV T60 \/ T70's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the LDV T60 \/ T70\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy LDV T60 \/ T70 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. LDV T60 \/ T70-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the LDV T60 \/ T70. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (LDV T60 \/ T70)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLDV T60 \/ T70 (2018–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my LDV T60 \/ T70's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your LDV T60 \/ T70.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769699097,"sku":"SKU 803165","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_38d03279-573c-441b-954b-648090a2ca5c.jpg?v=1726540540"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-mitsubishi-triton-with-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for MITSUBISHI TRITON（With Backbone）","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Triton MQ (2015-18) and MR (2019+) have different roof rail spacing — this platform fits both with adjustable mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769830169,"sku":"SKU 803166","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_d3182be8-ce5e-468e-af3b-aba31bc67043.jpg?v=1726540376"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-gwm-cannon-replace-genuine-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for GWM CANNON (Replace Genuine Rails)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cannon Alpha has factory roof rails. The base Cannon may require aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha (2020–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. It mounts to your vehicle's factory roof rails. Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769862937,"sku":"SKU 803186","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_1b1d720f-ef74-465c-b7d5-ff4264c27ab6.jpg?v=1726540516"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-nissan-navara-without-general-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for NISSAN NAVARA (Without General Rails)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Nissan Navara NP300's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Nissan Navara NP300\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Nissan Navara NP300's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Nissan Navara NP300.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769895705,"sku":"SKU 803192","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_38d03279-573c-441b-954b-648090a2ca5c.jpg?v=1726540540"},{"product_id":"luxury-aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ldv","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for LDV T60","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your LDV T60 \/ T70's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the LDV T60 \/ T70\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy LDV T60 \/ T70 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. LDV T60 \/ T70-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the LDV T60 \/ T70. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (LDV T60 \/ T70)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLDV T60 \/ T70 (2018–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my LDV T60 \/ T70's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your LDV T60 \/ T70.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769994009,"sku":"SKU 803194","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_38d03279-573c-441b-954b-648090a2ca5c.jpg?v=1726540540"},{"product_id":"luxury-aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-mitsubishi-triton-without-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for MITSUBISHI TRITON（Without Rails）","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Triton MQ (2015-18) and MR (2019+) have different roof rail spacing — this platform fits both with adjustable mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634770026777,"sku":"SKU 803195","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_3f2a7944-816f-4faf-8988-384d82d22a3c.jpg?v=1726540404"},{"product_id":"steel-front-bumper-for-18-24-jt-gladiator","title":"Rubicon Front Bumper For MY19-MY26 JT Gladiator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRear Bumper For MY\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your MY rear-end protection with this heavy-duty steel bumper. Designed for off-road use, this bumper provides robust protection for your tailgate, rear corners, and factory parking sensors while adding recovery points and tow bar compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Strength Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-welded tubing with reinforced corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable black texture coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecovery Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated rated recovery points for safe 4WD recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSensor Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-cut holes for factory parking sensors (if equipped).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOff-Road Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear of your 4WD is just as vulnerable as the front. This bumper protects against tree strikes, reversing mishaps, and off-camber incidents on steep tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove factory rear bumper (tools required).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition new bumper and align with chassis rails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure with provided high-tensile bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReconnect parking sensors \/ trailer wiring (if equipped).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships via freight. Delivery to most Australian metro areas within 5-7 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 itemprop=\"name\"\u003eIs this bumper compatible with my factory tow bar?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eCompatibility depends on your specific MY model. Check the product specifications or contact us before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"With Front Packing Sensors","offer_id":49634770059545,"sku":"SKU 803492","price":1390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without Front Packing Sensors","offer_id":49634770092313,"sku":"SKU 803492","price":1390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Front-Bumper-for-Jeep-wrangler-JK_2a2eb3c9-123f-4cb4-8674-ff23801e836a.jpg?v=1726540432"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-cover-for-ldv-t-60-max-long-tub-model","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For LDV T60 Max (Long tub model)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the LDV T60 \/ T70 (MY18–MY24).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on LDV T60 \/ T70's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy LDV T60 \/ T70 Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your LDV T60 \/ T70's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. LDV T60 \/ T70 Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the LDV T60 and T70 tub. The Luxe and Trailrider 2 variants are fully compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (LDV T60 \/ T70 (MY18–MY24))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLDV T60 \/ T70 (MY18–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my LDV T60 \/ T70 if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634770157849,"sku":"SKU 803726","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12231729490874_.pic.jpg?v=1729490978"},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-toyota-hilux-2015-2024","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For Toyota Hilux","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Toyota Hilux's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4. Toyota Hilux-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15-20))\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\" style=\"width: 99.915%; height: 215.625px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15-20) (2015–2020)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.2045px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 39.2045px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 39.2045px;\"\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 39.2045px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 39.2045px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 39.2045px;\"\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 25.7403%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 67.6704%; height: 19.6023px;\"\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Toyota Hilux?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Toyota Hilux.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634771370265,"sku":"SKU 803733","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/ba491231e73ac1a8e77a9b9adbc91f39.jpg?v=1764042039"},{"product_id":"roof-platform-for-canopy-1","title":"Roof Platform For Aluminium Canopy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Universal Ute's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Universal Ute\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Universal Ute Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Universal Ute-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Universal Ute. The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Universal Ute)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUniversal Ute\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Universal Ute?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Universal Ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634771501337,"sku":"SKU 803850","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/10ff196f0f6d477c7565b5c61454bbe0.jpg?v=1764039247"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-gwm-cannon-for-basic-model","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for GWM CANNON (For basic model)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is \u003cstrong\u003econfigured for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15% fuel saving\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: \u003cstrong\u003e100kg+\u003c\/strong\u003e (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRooftop tents\u003c\/strong\u003e (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLadders, timber, and job-site gear\u003c\/strong\u003e (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features \u003cstrong\u003emultiple integrated tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cannon Alpha has factory roof rails. The base Cannon may require aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a \u003cstrong\u003edurable black powder-coat\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means \u003cstrong\u003eno rust, ever\u003c\/strong\u003e—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha (2020–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. It mounts to your vehicle's factory roof rails. Basic tools needed: \u003cstrong\u003edrill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this affect my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's fuel consumption?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a \u003cstrong\u003econtinuous flat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634772680985,"sku":"SKU 803901","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_42af91d5-524b-4f2a-9094-dc3f4138a23c.jpg?v=1726540638"},{"product_id":"sportbar-relocation-bracket","title":"Sportbar Relocation Bracket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSportbar Relocation Bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremium 4x4 accessory designed for the 4WD. Built for Australian off-road conditions, this product delivers the durability and performance you need for your next adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle-Specific Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-engineered for the 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality materials built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes all necessary mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAustralia-Wide Shipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fast delivery from our Melbourne warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose NotJust4x4\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialise in premium 4x4 accessories for Australian 4WD enthusiasts. Every product we sell is tested in local conditions because we know what works on Australian tracks. Melbourne-based with fast shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetailed installation instructions included. Professional installation recommended for complex items. Contact our Melbourne team if you have any questions about fitment or installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 itemprop=\"name\"\u003eWill this fit my 4WD?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this product is designed specifically for the 4WD. Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm exact compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 itemprop=\"name\"\u003eDo you offer installation services?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eWe can recommend trusted installers in the Melbourne area. Contact us for recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49898661544217,"sku":"NJ4X4-SPB","price":103.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12581730799170_.pic.jpg?v=1737357612"},{"product_id":"jeep-gladiator-electric-side-step","title":"Jeep Gladiator Electric Side Step (MY19+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIf you are seeking a premium replacement for your Jeep JT Gladiator Side Steps, we recommend you considering the Electric Side Steps from NOTJUST4x4. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis unique and high-quality setup offers an excellent way to distinguish your Jeep JT from others. Our brand Electric Side Steps for Jeep JT Gladiator provide a superior option to reduce the vehicle's stepping height, making it particularly suitable for those who require additional assistance entering the Wrangler, especially your JT Gladiator after do the lift kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOur Jeep JT Gladiator Electric Side Steps come with a full 12-month warranty and include the NotJust4x4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e installation guarantee, you dont have to think the fitting problems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey features of the NOTJUST4x4 Electric Side Steps (Jeep JT Gladiator) include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e-Automated extension and retraction are triggered by the factory-installed door sensor. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-3 mounts points each side the system boasts a robust load capacity of up to 280 kg. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-Installation is straightforward, requiring no drilling as it bolts directly into the existing factory mounting points. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-Safety mechanisms are in place to prevent limbs or objects from being caught during retraction. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-This feature also lowers the step height for easier entry and exit while ensuring adequate ground clearance during driving. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-When using the 4L model, the electric side steps can be controlled with a single click to stop opening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49898697982233,"sku":"NJ4X4-SSP-GLAD-19","price":1200.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12611730800037_.pic_hd.png?v=1730800057"},{"product_id":"jl-wrangler-electric-side-step","title":"Jeep JL Wrangler Electric Side Step (4 doors)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIf you are seeking a premium replacement for your Jeep JL Side Steps, we recommend you considering the Electric Side Steps from NOTJUST4x4. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis unique and high-quality setup offers an excellent way to distinguish your Jeep JL from others. Our brand Electric Side Steps for Jeep JL provide a superior option to reduce the vehicle's stepping height, making it particularly suitable for those who require additional assistance entering the Wrangler, especially your JL after do the lift kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOur Jeep Wrangler Electric Side Steps come with a full 12-month warranty and include the NotJust4x4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e installation guarantee, you dont have to think the fitting problems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey features of the NOTJUST4x4 Electric Side Steps (Jeep JL) include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e-Automated extension and retraction are triggered by the factory-installed door sensor. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-3 mounts points each side the system boasts a robust load capacity of up to 280 kg. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-Installation is straightforward, requiring no drilling as it bolts directly into the existing factory mounting points. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-Safety mechanisms are in place to prevent limbs or objects from being caught during retraction. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-This feature also lowers the step height for easier entry and exit while ensuring adequate ground clearance during driving. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-When using the 4L model, the electric side steps can be controlled with a single click to stop opening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49898703028505,"sku":"NJ4X4-SSP-WRGL","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12611730800037_.pic_hd_351abd86-e285-4fe6-83d4-aff0196b3a04.png?v=1730800511"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-volkswagen-amarok-2015-2023","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Volkswagen Amarok (MY23-MY26）","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Volkswagen Amarok (V6, MY11–MY22).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Volkswagen Amarok's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Volkswagen Amarok Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Volkswagen Amarok's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Volkswagen Amarok Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the V6 Amarok tub (approx 1555mm). The second-generation Amarok (2022+) shares the Ford Ranger platform—please specify which generation you have.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Volkswagen Amarok (V6, MY11–MY22))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Amarok (V6, MY11–MY22)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Volkswagen Amarok if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49941700346137,"sku":"NJ4X4-MRS-AMRK-23","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12971731724928_.pic.jpg?v=1731725044"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-volkswagen-amarok-2015-2023","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Volkswagen Amarok (MY16-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Volkswagen Amarok (V6, MY11–MY22).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Volkswagen Amarok's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Volkswagen Amarok Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Volkswagen Amarok's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Volkswagen Amarok Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the V6 Amarok tub (approx 1555mm). The second-generation Amarok (2022+) shares the Ford Ranger platform—please specify which generation you have.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Volkswagen Amarok (V6, MY11–MY22))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Amarok (V6, MY11–MY22)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my Volkswagen Amarok if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49941714207001,"sku":"NJ4X4-ERS-AMRK-16","price":1690.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12941731724872_.pic.jpg?v=1731725272"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-gwm-alpha-2024","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For GWM Alpha","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GWM Cannon has a unique tub width (approx 1562mm). This shutter is engineered to the exact Cannon tub dimensions, including the Alpha variant with the factory tub liner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49942623060249,"sku":"NJ4X4-ERS-24","price":1690.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/3f55234b60a3a107702bf9497453c872.jpg?v=1764035708"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-cover-for-gwm-alpha-2024","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For GWM Alpha","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GWM Cannon has a unique tub width (approx 1562mm). This shutter is engineered to the exact Cannon tub dimensions, including the Alpha variant with the factory tub liner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49942830874905,"sku":"NJ4X4-MRS-24-2","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_1930.jpg?v=1764035449"},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-volkswagen-amarok-2023","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For Nissan Navara (MY19+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Nissan Navara NP300's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300. The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Nissan Navara NP300?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Nissan Navara NP300.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50317463683353,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-NAVA-19","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/c2749608bd25635411b1d4655898fc55.jpg?v=1738893197"},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-volkswagen-amarok-2024","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For Volkswagen Amarok (MY23+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Volkswagen Amarok's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Volkswagen Amarok (V6)\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Volkswagen Amarok Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Volkswagen Amarok-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Volkswagen Amarok (V6). The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Volkswagen Amarok (V6))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Amarok (V6) (2011–2022 (V6))\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Volkswagen Amarok?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Volkswagen Amarok.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50317474431257,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-AMRK-23-2","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/c39210fbccf1e55a08c731f3e254a55b.jpg?v=1738894158"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-ram-1500-5-7-ft-2019","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Ram1500","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the RAM 1500 (DS\/DT, MY13–MY24).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, convenience, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on RAM 1500's distinctive tub shape—ours is \u003cstrong\u003epurpose-built\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy RAM 1500 Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included \u003cstrong\u003eremote control\u003c\/strong\u003e works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly \u003cstrong\u003e7–10 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium slat construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your RAM 1500's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The \u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated aluminium slats\u003c\/strong\u003e resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the \u003cstrong\u003erubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. RAM 1500 Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe RAM 1500 tub is significantly wider than mid-size utes (approx 1716mm). This is a custom-order shutter—please allow 2-3 weeks lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAluminium canopies\u003c\/strong\u003e (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks\u003c\/strong\u003e (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes \u003cstrong\u003eobstacle detection\u003c\/strong\u003e—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a \u003cstrong\u003emanual override key\u003c\/strong\u003e, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (RAM 1500 (DS\/DT, MY13–MY24))\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eRAM 1500 (DS\/DT, MY13–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Will this fit my RAM 1500 if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50317725270297,"sku":"NJ4X4-ERS-RAM-19","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-byd-shark","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For BYD Shark","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your BYD Shark PHEV's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the BYD Shark PHEV\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy BYD Shark PHEV Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. BYD Shark PHEV-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eAustralia's first PHEV ute. The roof platform integrates with the Shark's cargo rails.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (BYD Shark PHEV)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBYD Shark PHEV (2024+)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my BYD Shark PHEV?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your BYD Shark PHEV.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50719023497497,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAN-BSK","price":2499.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/FullSizeRender.jpg?v=1769057899"},{"product_id":"canopy-and-platform-for-hilux","title":"Canopy and Platform For Hilux (MY17-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Universal Ute's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Universal Ute\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Universal Ute Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Universal Ute-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Universal Ute. The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Universal Ute)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUniversal Ute\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Universal Ute?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Universal Ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51522315125017,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAP-HLX-17","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Canopy-Roof-Platform-Bundle_63580867-efa2-42db-8ec7-85f4fc5c890e.png?v=1777581829"},{"product_id":"canopy-and-platform-for-gwm","title":"Canopy and Platform For GWM Cannon (MY19-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cannon Alpha has factory roof rails. The base Cannon may require aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha (2020–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51522345173273,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAP-GWM-19","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Canopy-Roof-Platform-Bundle_e0c33e86-e28e-4383-bab9-5503e540c7d2.png?v=1777581837"},{"product_id":"canopy-and-platform-for-jeep","title":"Canopy and Platform For Jeep Gladiator (MY19-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform your Jeep Gladiator JT's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and \u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is \u003cstrong\u003eengineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT\u003c\/strong\u003e. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhy Jeep Gladiator JT Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-quality aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-point rubber sealing system\u003c\/strong\u003e that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between \u003cstrong\u003eside windows\u003c\/strong\u003e (better visibility + ventilation) or \u003cstrong\u003esolid sides\u003c\/strong\u003e (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e4. Jeep Gladiator JT-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Jeep Gladiator JT. The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated roof mounting tracks\u003c\/strong\u003e along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications (Jeep Gladiator JT)\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eJeep Gladiator JT (2019–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in \u003cstrong\u003eNotting Hill, Melbourne\u003c\/strong\u003e, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Jeep Gladiator JT?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch3\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The canopy has a \u003cstrong\u003erear door\u003c\/strong\u003e (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003ch2\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you \u003cstrong\u003esecurity, weather protection, and peace of mind\u003c\/strong\u003e — engineered specifically for your Jeep Gladiator JT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com.au\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com.au\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51522350219545,"sku":"NJ4X4-CAP-GLAD-19","price":2899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Canopy-Roof-Platform-Bundle_04a98160-31c1-4463-afc0-71e40f9d57c3.png?v=1777581821"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.notjust4x4.com.au\/collections\/sales.oembed","provider":"NotJust4X4","version":"1.0","type":"link"}